1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
69 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
70 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
73 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
74 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
75 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
76 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
77 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
78 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
79 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
80 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
81 CIE = Common Information Entry
82 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
83 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
84 FDE = Frame Description Entry
85 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
86 how to restore registers
88 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
89 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
91 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
95 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
97 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
98 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
99 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
102 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
103 || flag_unwind_tables
104 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
109 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
111 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
114 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
115 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
117 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
119 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
121 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
122 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
123 int fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
124 int per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
125 int lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
129 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
130 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
131 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
132 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
133 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
134 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
136 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
138 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, SECTION_WRITE);
143 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
145 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
147 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
150 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
151 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
152 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
155 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
157 default_eh_frame_section (void)
159 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
160 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
162 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
166 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
167 must be kept around forever. */
168 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray;
170 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
171 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
172 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
173 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types;
175 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
176 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
177 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
178 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
179 define type declaration DIE's. */
180 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table;
182 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
183 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
184 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
187 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
188 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
189 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
191 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
192 Information instructions. The register number, offset
193 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
194 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
196 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
198 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
204 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
206 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
207 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
208 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
209 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
213 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
215 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
216 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
217 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
219 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
224 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
225 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
226 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
227 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
228 of this structure. */
229 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
232 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
233 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
234 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
237 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
238 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
239 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
240 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
241 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
243 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
245 const char *dw_fde_begin;
246 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
247 const char *dw_fde_end;
248 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
249 unsigned funcdef_number;
250 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
251 unsigned nothrow : 1;
252 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
256 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
257 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
259 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
260 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
261 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
262 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
264 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
265 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
268 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
269 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
270 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
273 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
274 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
277 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
278 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
279 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
282 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
283 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
285 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
286 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
289 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
291 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
292 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
293 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
295 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
296 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
297 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
298 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
300 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
304 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
305 information for each routine. */
306 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
308 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
309 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
311 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
312 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
314 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
316 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
318 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
319 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
321 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
322 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
323 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
324 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
325 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
326 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
329 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
332 unsigned int refcount;
337 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
339 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
340 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
342 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
344 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
346 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
347 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
348 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
349 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
350 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
351 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
352 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
353 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
354 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
355 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
356 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
357 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
358 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx);
359 static void queue_reg_save (const char *, rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
360 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
361 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
362 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
364 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
365 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
366 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
367 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
368 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
370 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
372 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
373 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
374 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
377 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
378 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
379 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
381 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
382 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
385 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
386 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
389 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
390 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
393 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
394 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
395 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
396 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
397 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
398 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
399 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
400 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
401 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
402 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
403 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
405 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
406 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
408 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
410 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
412 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
416 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
417 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
418 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
419 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
422 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
423 for the current function. */
424 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
425 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
428 /* Hook used by __throw. */
431 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
433 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
436 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
437 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
440 stripattributes (const char *s)
442 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
447 while (*s && *s != ',')
454 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
457 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
460 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
461 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
462 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
463 bool wrote_return_column = false;
465 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
466 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
468 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
469 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
472 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
473 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
474 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
476 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
478 wrote_return_column = true;
480 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
484 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
487 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
488 if (! wrote_return_column)
490 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
491 wrote_return_column = false;
493 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
496 if (! wrote_return_column)
498 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
499 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
500 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
501 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
505 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
508 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
512 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
513 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
515 return "DW_CFA_offset";
517 return "DW_CFA_restore";
521 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
523 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
525 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
526 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
527 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
528 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
529 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
530 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
531 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
532 case DW_CFA_undefined:
533 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
534 case DW_CFA_same_value:
535 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
536 case DW_CFA_register:
537 return "DW_CFA_register";
538 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
539 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
540 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
541 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
543 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
544 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
545 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
546 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
547 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
550 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
551 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
552 case DW_CFA_expression:
553 return "DW_CFA_expression";
554 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
555 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
557 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
561 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
562 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
563 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
566 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
567 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
568 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
569 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
570 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
571 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
574 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
578 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
580 static inline dw_cfi_ref
583 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
585 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
586 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
587 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
592 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
595 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
599 /* Find the end of the chain. */
600 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
606 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
609 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
611 static char label[20];
613 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
614 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
618 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
619 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
622 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
626 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
629 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
631 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
632 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
636 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
638 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
640 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
641 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
642 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
645 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
649 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
652 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
655 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
657 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
659 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
660 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
662 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
663 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
666 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
667 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
669 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
670 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
677 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
680 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
684 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
687 loc->base_offset = 0;
689 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
690 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
692 if (fde_table_in_use)
694 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
695 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
696 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
700 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
701 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
703 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
705 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
707 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
708 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
710 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
711 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
713 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
714 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
715 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
718 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
725 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
728 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
729 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
732 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
735 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
740 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
741 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
743 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
744 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
746 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
747 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
748 && loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect
749 && (loc.indirect == 0 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset))
754 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
756 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
757 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
759 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
760 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
763 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
764 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
767 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
768 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
769 offset has not changed. */
770 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
771 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
775 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
777 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
778 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
779 the specified offset. */
780 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
781 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
782 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
786 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
787 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
788 register-offset pair is available. */
789 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
791 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
792 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
793 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
796 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
799 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
800 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
801 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
802 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
805 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
807 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
809 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
811 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
812 the value isn't a register number. */
813 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
816 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
818 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
820 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
822 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
824 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
825 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
826 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
828 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
830 if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
834 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
836 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
838 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
840 else if (sreg == reg)
841 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
845 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
846 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
849 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
852 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
853 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
854 from the previous frame's window save area.
856 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
857 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
860 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
862 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
864 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
865 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
868 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
869 pushed onto the stack. */
872 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
876 if (size == old_args_size)
879 old_args_size = size;
882 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
883 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
884 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
887 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
888 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
891 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
893 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
896 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
897 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
900 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
902 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
905 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
906 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
909 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
911 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
914 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
915 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
918 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
920 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
921 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
923 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
926 /* RA is in a register. */
927 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
931 /* RA is on the stack. */
933 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
936 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
942 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
944 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
948 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
950 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
960 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
961 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
962 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
963 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
965 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
972 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
975 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
979 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
981 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
982 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
983 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
986 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
988 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
989 code = GET_CODE (src);
990 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
991 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
992 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
995 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
999 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
1001 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1002 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1003 code = GET_CODE (src);
1009 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1011 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1012 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1013 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != PLUS ||
1014 GET_CODE (val) != CONST_INT)
1016 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1023 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1025 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1032 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1034 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1049 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1050 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1051 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1054 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn)
1056 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1060 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1061 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1062 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1063 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1064 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1067 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1069 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1070 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1071 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1072 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1073 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1074 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1075 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
1078 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1082 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1083 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1084 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1087 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
1089 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1090 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1091 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1092 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1093 offset = -args_size;
1098 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1099 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1100 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1101 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1103 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1105 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1106 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1107 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1115 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1116 cfa.offset += offset;
1118 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1122 args_size += offset;
1126 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1127 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1128 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1133 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1134 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1135 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1137 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1139 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1141 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1144 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1146 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1147 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1150 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1152 struct queued_reg_save *q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1154 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1156 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1157 queued_reg_saves = q;
1159 last_reg_save_label = label;
1163 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1165 struct queued_reg_save *q, *next;
1167 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = next)
1169 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label, REGNO (q->reg), q->cfa_offset);
1173 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1174 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1178 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1180 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1182 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1183 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1190 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1191 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1192 value, not an offset. */
1193 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1195 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1196 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1197 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1200 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1201 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1202 users need not read the source code.
1204 The High-Level Picture
1206 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1207 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1208 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1209 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1210 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1212 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1213 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1214 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1215 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1216 saves. This also seems to work.
1218 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1219 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1220 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1221 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1223 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1224 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1225 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1226 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1228 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1230 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1231 consists of a register and an offset.
1232 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1233 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1234 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1235 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1236 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1237 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1238 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1240 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1241 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1242 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1245 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1246 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1247 and cfa_temp.offset.
1249 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1252 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1253 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1254 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1258 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1259 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1262 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1263 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1264 cfa.offset unchanged
1265 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1266 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1269 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1270 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1271 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1272 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1273 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1274 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1277 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1278 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1279 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1282 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1283 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1285 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1286 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1287 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1290 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1291 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1293 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1294 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1297 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1298 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1299 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1302 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1303 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1304 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1307 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1311 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1312 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1313 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1316 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1317 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1318 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1320 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1323 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1324 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1325 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1327 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1330 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1333 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1334 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1337 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1338 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1339 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1342 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1343 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1344 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1345 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1348 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1351 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1353 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1354 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1355 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1356 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1357 flag is set in them. */
1358 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1361 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1363 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1364 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1365 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1367 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1372 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1375 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1376 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1378 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1382 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1383 relative to the current CFA register. */
1384 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1386 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1388 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1394 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1395 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1396 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1397 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1398 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1399 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1400 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1406 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1410 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1413 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1416 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp.reg)
1418 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1424 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1426 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1427 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1429 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1431 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1432 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1434 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1437 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1439 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1440 cfa.offset += offset;
1441 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1442 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1444 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1447 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1448 or adjusting the FP */
1449 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1452 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1453 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1454 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1456 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1457 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1459 cfa.offset += offset;
1460 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1467 if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
1471 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1472 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1473 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1475 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1476 into the FP later on. */
1477 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1478 cfa.offset += offset;
1479 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1480 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1481 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1482 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1486 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1487 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1488 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1490 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1491 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1492 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1494 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1495 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1499 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1500 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1502 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1503 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1512 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1513 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1518 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1519 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp.reg
1520 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1523 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1524 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1525 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1528 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1529 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1538 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1542 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1545 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1547 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1552 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1553 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1555 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1557 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1558 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1561 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1562 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1563 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1565 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1571 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1572 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1575 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1576 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1579 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1580 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1581 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1583 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1587 /* With an offset. */
1591 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1593 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1594 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1597 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1598 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1599 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1600 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1606 /* Without an offset. */
1608 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1609 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1610 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1611 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1618 if (cfa_temp.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1620 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1621 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1628 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1629 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1630 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1632 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1634 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1636 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1637 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1639 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1640 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
1645 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1646 calculate the CFA. */
1647 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1649 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1651 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1654 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1655 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1657 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1662 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1663 queue_reg_save (label, src, offset);
1671 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1672 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1673 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1676 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn)
1681 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1683 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1684 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1686 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1688 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1691 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1694 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1698 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1699 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1701 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1703 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1704 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1709 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1710 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1712 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1714 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1716 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1721 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1722 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1723 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1725 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1726 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1731 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1732 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1734 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1735 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1736 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1737 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1738 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1739 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1742 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1743 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1744 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1745 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1746 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1747 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1748 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1750 case DW_CFA_register:
1751 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1754 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1755 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1756 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1758 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1759 case DW_CFA_expression:
1760 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1767 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1768 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1769 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1771 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1772 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1776 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1777 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1779 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1780 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1781 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1783 case DW_CFA_register:
1784 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1787 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1791 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1793 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1794 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1795 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1796 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1797 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1800 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1803 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
1806 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1808 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1809 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
1810 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1811 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1813 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1814 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1815 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
1816 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1818 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1820 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1821 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1822 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
1826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1827 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1829 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1831 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1833 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1834 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1835 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1838 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1839 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1842 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1843 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1844 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1845 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1848 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1849 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1850 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1851 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1854 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1855 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1856 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1857 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1860 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1861 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1862 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1863 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1866 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1867 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1868 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1869 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1870 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1873 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1874 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1875 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1877 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1880 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1881 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1882 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1883 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1884 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1885 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1888 case DW_CFA_register:
1889 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1890 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1891 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1892 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1895 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1896 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1897 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1900 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1901 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1904 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1908 case DW_CFA_expression:
1909 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
1912 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
1913 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1922 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
1923 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1924 location of saved registers. */
1927 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
1932 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
1933 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
1934 char augmentation[6];
1935 int augmentation_size;
1936 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1937 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1938 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1940 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1941 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
1944 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1945 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1946 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1947 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1950 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
1952 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
1953 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
1954 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
1955 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
1956 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
1957 any_eh_needed = true;
1959 if (! any_eh_needed)
1963 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1968 (*targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section) ();
1970 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
1972 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
1973 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
1975 /* Output the CIE. */
1976 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1977 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1978 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1979 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1980 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1982 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1983 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1984 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
1985 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
1986 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1988 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
1990 augmentation[0] = 0;
1991 augmentation_size = 0;
1997 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1998 augmentation section.
1999 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2000 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2001 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2003 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2004 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2006 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2007 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2008 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2010 p = augmentation + 1;
2011 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2014 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2016 if (any_lsda_needed)
2019 augmentation_size += 1;
2021 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2024 augmentation_size += 1;
2026 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2028 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2032 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2033 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2035 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2037 + 1 /* CIE version */
2038 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2039 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2040 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2042 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2043 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2044 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2046 augmentation_size += pad;
2048 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2049 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2050 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) != 1)
2055 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2056 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2057 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2058 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2059 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
2061 if (augmentation[0])
2063 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2064 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2067 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2068 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2069 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
2072 if (any_lsda_needed)
2073 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2074 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2076 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2077 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2078 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2081 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2082 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2084 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2085 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2086 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2087 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2089 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2090 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2092 fde = &fde_table[i];
2094 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2095 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2096 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2097 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2100 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2101 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2102 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2103 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2105 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2108 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2110 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2115 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2116 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin),
2117 "FDE initial location");
2118 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2119 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2120 "FDE address range");
2124 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2125 "FDE initial location");
2126 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2127 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2128 "FDE address range");
2131 if (augmentation[0])
2133 if (any_lsda_needed)
2135 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2137 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2139 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2140 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2141 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2142 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2143 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2146 if (size_of_uleb128 (size) != 1)
2150 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2152 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2154 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2155 fde->funcdef_number);
2156 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2157 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2158 "Language Specific Data Area");
2162 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2163 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2165 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2166 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2170 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2173 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2175 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2176 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2177 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2179 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2180 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2181 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2182 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2185 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2186 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2187 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2188 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2189 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2190 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2193 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2198 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2202 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2203 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2205 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2208 current_function_func_begin_label = 0;
2210 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2211 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2212 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2214 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2215 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2218 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2222 function_section (current_function_decl);
2223 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2224 current_function_funcdef_no);
2225 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2226 current_function_funcdef_no);
2227 current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
2229 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2230 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2231 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2235 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2236 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2238 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2239 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2240 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2241 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2242 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2245 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2246 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2248 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2249 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2250 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
2251 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2252 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2253 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2254 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2255 fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
2256 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2257 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2259 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2261 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2262 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2263 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2265 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2269 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2270 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2274 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2275 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2278 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2280 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2282 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2283 current_function_funcdef_no);
2284 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2285 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2286 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2290 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2292 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2293 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2294 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2295 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2297 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2298 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2300 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2301 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2302 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2303 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2308 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2310 /* Output call frame information. */
2311 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
2312 output_call_frame_info (0);
2314 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2315 output_call_frame_info (1);
2319 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2320 for emitting location expressions. */
2322 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2323 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2324 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2327 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2328 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2329 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2330 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2332 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2333 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2334 implementation are listed below. */
2339 dw_val_class_offset,
2341 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2342 dw_val_class_range_list,
2344 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2345 dw_val_class_long_long,
2348 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2349 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2350 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2351 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2355 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2356 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2358 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2365 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2367 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2369 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2375 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2376 represented internally. */
2378 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2380 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2381 union dw_val_struct_union
2383 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2384 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2385 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2386 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2387 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default (""))) val_int;
2388 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2389 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2390 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2391 struct dw_val_die_union
2395 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2396 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2397 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2398 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2399 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2401 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2405 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2408 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2410 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2411 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2412 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2413 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2418 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2419 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2420 their entire life. */
2421 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2423 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2424 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2425 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2426 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2427 Only on head of list */
2428 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2429 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2432 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2434 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2435 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2436 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2437 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2438 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2439 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2440 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2441 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2443 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2446 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2451 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2452 return "DW_OP_addr";
2454 return "DW_OP_deref";
2456 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2458 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2460 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2462 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2464 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2466 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2468 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2470 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2472 return "DW_OP_constu";
2474 return "DW_OP_consts";
2478 return "DW_OP_drop";
2480 return "DW_OP_over";
2482 return "DW_OP_pick";
2484 return "DW_OP_swap";
2488 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2496 return "DW_OP_minus";
2508 return "DW_OP_plus";
2509 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2510 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2516 return "DW_OP_shra";
2534 return "DW_OP_skip";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2578 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2580 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2582 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2584 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2586 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2588 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2590 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2592 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2594 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2596 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2598 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2642 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2644 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2646 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2648 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2650 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2652 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2654 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2656 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2658 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2660 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2662 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2706 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2708 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2710 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2712 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2714 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2716 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2718 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2720 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2722 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2724 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2726 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2728 return "DW_OP_regx";
2730 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2732 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2734 return "DW_OP_piece";
2735 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2736 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2737 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2738 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2741 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2742 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2744 return "DW_OP_call2";
2746 return "DW_OP_call4";
2747 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2748 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2749 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
2750 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2752 return "OP_<unknown>";
2756 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2757 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2758 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2760 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2761 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
2762 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
2764 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2766 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2767 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2768 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2769 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2770 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2776 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2779 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
2781 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2783 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2784 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2790 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2792 static unsigned long
2793 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2795 unsigned long size = 1;
2797 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2800 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2801 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2820 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2823 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2828 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2829 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2867 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2870 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2873 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2876 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2877 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
2880 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2882 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2883 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2892 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2893 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2902 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2904 static unsigned long
2905 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2909 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2911 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
2912 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
2918 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2921 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2923 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2924 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2926 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2928 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2930 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2934 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2938 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2942 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
2944 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2951 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
2952 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2956 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2969 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2970 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2971 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2972 only doing unwinding. */
2977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2980 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2983 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2986 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2988 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2989 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3023 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3026 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3029 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3032 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3033 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3036 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3038 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3039 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3040 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3043 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3044 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3045 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3047 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3054 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3059 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3062 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3064 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3066 /* Output the opcode. */
3067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3068 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3070 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3071 output_loc_operands (loc);
3075 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3076 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3079 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3081 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3084 /* Output the size of the block. */
3085 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3086 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3087 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3089 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3090 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3093 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3094 a dw_cfa_location. */
3096 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3097 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3099 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3101 if (cfa->indirect == 0)
3104 if (cfa->base_offset)
3107 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3109 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3111 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3112 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3114 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3116 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3117 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3118 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3119 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3121 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3122 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3128 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3129 descriptor sequence. */
3132 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3134 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3136 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3140 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3142 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3178 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3181 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3215 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3216 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3219 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3220 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3225 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3226 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3229 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3230 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3234 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3236 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3237 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3239 /* .debug_str support. */
3240 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3242 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3243 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3244 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3245 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3246 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3247 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3248 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3249 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3250 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3251 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3252 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3254 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3256 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3262 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3263 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3264 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3265 dwarf2out_end_block,
3266 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3267 dwarf2out_source_line,
3268 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3269 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3270 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3271 debug_nothing_tree, /* begin_function */
3272 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3273 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3274 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3275 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3276 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3277 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3278 something tries to reference them. */
3279 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3280 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3281 debug_nothing_int /* handle_pch */
3285 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3286 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3287 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3289 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3290 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3291 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3292 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3294 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3295 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3297 typedef long int dw_offset;
3299 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3301 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3302 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3303 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3304 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3305 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3307 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3308 line number associated with the label generated for that
3309 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3310 the line number entry. */
3312 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3314 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3315 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3319 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3321 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3323 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3324 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3325 unsigned long function;
3327 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3329 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3330 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3331 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3333 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3335 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3336 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3337 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3341 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3343 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3345 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3347 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3348 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3349 dw_die_ref die_child;
3351 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3352 dw_offset die_offset;
3353 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3358 /* The pubname structure */
3360 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3367 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3372 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3373 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3377 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3381 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3382 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3383 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3386 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3387 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3389 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3390 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3391 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3392 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3393 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3394 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3396 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3397 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3398 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3399 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3400 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3401 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3402 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3403 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3404 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3405 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3407 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3408 language, and compiler version. */
3410 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3411 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3412 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3414 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3415 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3417 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3418 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3419 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3420 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3421 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3423 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3424 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3425 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3426 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3427 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3428 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3430 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3431 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3432 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3433 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3435 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3439 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3440 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3441 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3443 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3444 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3446 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3447 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3449 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3450 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3451 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3452 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3453 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3455 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3456 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3457 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3458 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3461 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3462 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3464 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3465 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3467 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3468 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3469 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3470 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3472 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3473 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3474 number identifying each decl. */
3475 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
3477 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3478 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
3480 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3481 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
3483 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3485 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3487 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3488 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3489 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3490 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3491 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3493 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3494 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3496 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3497 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3499 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3500 abbrev_die_table. */
3501 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3503 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3504 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3505 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3506 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3508 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3509 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3511 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3512 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3514 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3515 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3516 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3517 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3519 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3520 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3522 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3523 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3525 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3527 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3529 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3530 accessible names. */
3531 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3533 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3534 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3536 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3537 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3539 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3541 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3543 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3544 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3546 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3547 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3549 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3550 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3552 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3554 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3556 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3557 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3559 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3560 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3562 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3563 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3565 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3567 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3569 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3570 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists;
3572 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3573 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3574 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3576 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3577 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3580 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3581 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3583 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3584 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3586 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3588 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3590 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3591 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3592 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3593 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3594 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3595 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3597 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3599 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3600 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3601 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3602 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3603 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3604 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3605 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3606 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3607 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3608 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3609 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3610 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3612 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3613 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3614 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3615 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3616 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3617 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3618 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3619 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3620 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3621 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3622 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3623 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3624 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3625 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3626 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3627 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3629 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3630 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3631 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3632 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3633 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3634 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3635 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3636 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3638 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3639 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3640 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3641 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3642 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3643 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3644 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3645 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3646 static bool is_c_family (void);
3647 static bool is_cxx (void);
3648 static bool is_java (void);
3649 static bool is_fortran (void);
3650 static bool is_ada (void);
3651 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3652 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3653 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
3654 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
3655 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3656 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3657 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3658 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3659 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3660 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3661 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3662 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3663 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3664 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
3665 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3666 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3667 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3668 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3669 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3670 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3671 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3672 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
3673 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3674 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3675 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3676 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3677 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3678 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3679 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3680 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3681 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3682 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3683 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3684 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3685 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
3686 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
3687 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3688 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
3689 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3690 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3691 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3692 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3693 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3694 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3695 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3696 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3697 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3698 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3699 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3700 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3701 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
3702 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
3703 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3704 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
3705 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
3706 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
3707 static void output_pubnames (void);
3708 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
3709 static void output_aranges (void);
3710 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
3711 static void output_ranges (void);
3712 static void output_line_info (void);
3713 static void output_file_names (void);
3714 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
3715 static tree root_type (tree);
3716 static int is_base_type (tree);
3717 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
3718 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3719 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3720 static int type_is_enum (tree);
3721 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
3722 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
3723 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3724 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3725 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3726 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3727 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
3728 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode);
3729 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3730 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx);
3731 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
3732 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
3733 static tree field_type (tree);
3734 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
3735 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
3736 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
3737 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
3738 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3740 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3741 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
3742 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3743 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
3744 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
3745 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
3746 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3747 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3748 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
3749 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
3750 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
3751 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
3752 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3753 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3754 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3755 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3756 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3757 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3758 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3759 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3760 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
3761 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3762 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
3763 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3764 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3765 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3766 static const char *type_tag (tree);
3767 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
3769 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
3771 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3772 static void gen_set_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3774 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3776 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3777 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3778 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3779 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3780 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3781 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3782 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3783 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3784 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3785 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3786 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3787 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3788 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3789 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3790 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3791 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3792 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3793 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3794 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3795 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3796 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3797 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3798 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3799 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3800 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3801 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
3802 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
3803 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3804 static dw_die_ref force_namespace_die (tree);
3805 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
3806 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
3807 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3808 static void init_file_table (void);
3809 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3810 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3811 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3812 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3813 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
3814 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
3815 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
3816 const char *, const char *,
3818 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
3819 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3821 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3822 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
3823 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
3824 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
3825 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
3826 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3827 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
3829 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3830 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3831 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3833 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3834 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3836 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3837 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3839 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3840 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3842 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3843 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3845 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3846 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3848 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3849 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3851 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3852 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3854 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3855 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3858 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3859 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3860 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3863 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3864 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3865 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
3866 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3869 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3870 the section names themselves. */
3872 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3873 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3875 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3876 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3878 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3879 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3881 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3882 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3884 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3885 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3887 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3888 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3890 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3891 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3894 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3895 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3896 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3897 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3898 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3900 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3901 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3902 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3903 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3904 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3905 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3906 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3907 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3909 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3910 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3912 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3913 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3915 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3916 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3918 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3919 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3921 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3922 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3925 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3926 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3928 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
3931 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
3933 demangle_name_func = func;
3936 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3939 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
3941 return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3942 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3943 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3946 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3950 type_main_variant (tree type)
3952 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3954 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3955 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3956 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3957 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3959 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3960 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3961 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3966 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3969 is_tagged_type (tree type)
3971 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3973 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
3974 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3977 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3980 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
3984 case DW_TAG_padding:
3985 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3986 case DW_TAG_array_type:
3987 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3988 case DW_TAG_class_type:
3989 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3990 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
3991 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3992 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
3993 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3994 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
3995 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3996 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
3997 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3999 return "DW_TAG_label";
4000 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4001 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4003 return "DW_TAG_member";
4004 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4005 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4006 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4007 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4008 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4009 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4010 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4011 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4012 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4013 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4014 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4015 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4016 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4017 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4018 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4019 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4020 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4021 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4022 case DW_TAG_variant:
4023 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4024 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4025 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4026 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4027 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4028 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4029 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4030 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4031 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4033 return "DW_TAG_module";
4034 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4035 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4036 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4037 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4038 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4039 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4040 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4041 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4042 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4043 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4044 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4045 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4046 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4047 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4048 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4049 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4050 case DW_TAG_constant:
4051 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4052 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4053 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4054 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4055 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4057 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4058 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4059 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4060 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4061 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4062 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4063 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4064 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4065 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4066 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4067 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4068 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4069 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4070 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4071 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4072 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4073 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4074 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4075 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4076 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4077 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4078 case DW_TAG_variable:
4079 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4080 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4081 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4082 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4083 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4084 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4085 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4086 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4087 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4088 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4089 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4090 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4091 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4092 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4093 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4095 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4099 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4102 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4107 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4108 case DW_AT_location:
4109 return "DW_AT_location";
4111 return "DW_AT_name";
4112 case DW_AT_ordering:
4113 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4114 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4115 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4116 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4117 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4118 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4119 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4120 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4121 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4122 case DW_AT_element_list:
4123 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4124 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4125 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4127 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4129 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4130 case DW_AT_language:
4131 return "DW_AT_language";
4133 return "DW_AT_member";
4135 return "DW_AT_discr";
4136 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4137 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4138 case DW_AT_visibility:
4139 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4141 return "DW_AT_import";
4142 case DW_AT_string_length:
4143 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4144 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4145 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4146 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4147 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4148 case DW_AT_const_value:
4149 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4150 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4151 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4152 case DW_AT_default_value:
4153 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4155 return "DW_AT_inline";
4156 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4157 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4158 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4159 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4160 case DW_AT_producer:
4161 return "DW_AT_producer";
4162 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4163 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4164 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4165 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4166 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4167 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4168 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4169 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4170 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4171 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4172 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4173 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4174 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4175 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4176 case DW_AT_address_class:
4177 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4178 case DW_AT_artificial:
4179 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4180 case DW_AT_base_types:
4181 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4182 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4183 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4185 return "DW_AT_count";
4186 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4187 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4188 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4189 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4190 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4191 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4192 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4193 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4194 case DW_AT_declaration:
4195 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4196 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4197 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4198 case DW_AT_encoding:
4199 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4200 case DW_AT_external:
4201 return "DW_AT_external";
4202 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4203 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4205 return "DW_AT_friend";
4206 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4207 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4208 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4209 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4210 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4211 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4212 case DW_AT_priority:
4213 return "DW_AT_priority";
4215 return "DW_AT_segment";
4216 case DW_AT_specification:
4217 return "DW_AT_specification";
4218 case DW_AT_static_link:
4219 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4221 return "DW_AT_type";
4222 case DW_AT_use_location:
4223 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4224 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4225 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4226 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4227 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4228 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4229 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4231 case DW_AT_allocated:
4232 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4233 case DW_AT_associated:
4234 return "DW_AT_associated";
4235 case DW_AT_data_location:
4236 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4238 return "DW_AT_stride";
4239 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4240 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4241 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4242 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4243 case DW_AT_extension:
4244 return "DW_AT_extension";
4246 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4247 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4248 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4249 case DW_AT_call_column:
4250 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4251 case DW_AT_call_file:
4252 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4253 case DW_AT_call_line:
4254 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4256 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4257 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4258 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4259 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4260 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4261 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4262 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4263 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4264 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4265 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4266 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4267 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4268 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4269 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4270 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4271 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4272 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4273 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4274 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4275 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4276 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4277 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4279 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4280 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4281 case DW_AT_src_info:
4282 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4283 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4284 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4285 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4286 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4287 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4288 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4289 case DW_AT_body_end:
4290 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4291 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4292 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4294 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4295 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4298 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4302 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4305 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4310 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4311 case DW_FORM_block2:
4312 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4313 case DW_FORM_block4:
4314 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4316 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4318 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4320 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4321 case DW_FORM_string:
4322 return "DW_FORM_string";
4324 return "DW_FORM_block";
4325 case DW_FORM_block1:
4326 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4328 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4330 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4332 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4334 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4336 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4337 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4338 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4340 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4342 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4344 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4346 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4347 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4348 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4349 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4350 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4352 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4356 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4360 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc)
4364 case DW_ATE_address:
4365 return "DW_ATE_address";
4366 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4367 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4368 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4369 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4371 return "DW_ATE_float";
4373 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4374 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4375 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4376 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4377 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4378 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4379 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4381 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4386 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4387 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4388 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4389 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4393 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4395 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4396 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4397 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4398 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4401 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4402 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
4403 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4404 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4408 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4411 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4412 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4413 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4414 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4418 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4420 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4422 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4423 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4424 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4425 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4428 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4433 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4437 ret_val = lookahead;
4438 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4439 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4441 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4447 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4448 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4452 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4454 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4456 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4457 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4459 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4460 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4462 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4463 context = NULL_TREE;
4468 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4469 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4472 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4474 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4476 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4477 die->die_attr = attr;
4481 static inline enum dw_val_class
4482 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4484 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4487 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4490 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4492 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4494 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4495 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4496 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4497 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4498 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4501 static inline unsigned
4502 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4504 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
4505 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4510 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4513 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4515 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4517 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4518 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4519 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4520 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4521 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4524 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4525 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4527 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
4528 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4533 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4536 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4537 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4539 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4541 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4542 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4543 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4544 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4545 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4548 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4549 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4551 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4552 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4557 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4560 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4561 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4563 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4565 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4566 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4567 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4568 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4569 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4570 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4573 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4576 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4577 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4579 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4581 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4582 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4583 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4584 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4585 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4586 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4587 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4590 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4593 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4595 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4599 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4601 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4602 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4605 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4608 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4610 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4611 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4614 if (! debug_str_hash)
4615 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4616 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4618 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4619 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4621 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4622 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4623 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4626 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4627 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4628 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4629 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4630 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4633 static inline const char *
4634 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4636 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4637 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4642 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4643 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4646 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4648 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4650 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4654 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4658 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4660 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4661 always better to put it inline. */
4662 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4663 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4665 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4666 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4668 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4669 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4670 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4672 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4673 ++dw2_string_counter;
4674 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4676 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4682 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4685 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4687 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4689 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4690 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4691 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4692 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4693 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4694 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4697 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4698 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4701 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4703 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4704 if (targ_die->die_definition)
4706 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4709 static inline dw_die_ref
4710 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4712 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4713 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4719 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
4721 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4722 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4728 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
4730 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4731 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4736 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4739 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
4741 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4743 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4744 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4745 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4746 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4747 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4750 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4753 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4755 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4757 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4758 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4759 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4760 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4761 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4764 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4765 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
4767 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
4768 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4774 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
4776 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4778 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4779 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4780 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4781 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4782 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4783 have_location_lists = 1;
4786 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4787 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
4789 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
4790 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4795 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4798 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
4800 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4802 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4803 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4804 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4805 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4806 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4810 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
4812 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
4813 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4818 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4821 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
4823 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4825 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4826 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4827 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4828 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4829 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4832 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4835 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
4837 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4839 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4840 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4841 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4842 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4843 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4846 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4849 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4850 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4852 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4854 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4855 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4856 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
4857 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4858 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4861 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4864 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4865 long unsigned int offset)
4867 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4869 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4870 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4871 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
4872 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4873 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4876 static inline const char *
4877 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
4879 if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4880 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
4881 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4886 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4889 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4892 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4896 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4897 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4899 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4900 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4904 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4910 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4911 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4912 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4914 static inline const char *
4915 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4917 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4919 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4922 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4923 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4924 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4926 static inline const char *
4927 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4929 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4931 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4934 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4935 NULL if it is not present. */
4937 static inline const char *
4938 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4940 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4942 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
4945 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4946 if it is not present. */
4949 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4951 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4953 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
4956 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4957 if it is not present. */
4959 static inline unsigned
4960 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4962 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4964 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
4967 static inline dw_die_ref
4968 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4970 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4972 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
4975 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
4980 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4982 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
4983 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4986 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4991 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
4992 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4995 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5000 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5002 return lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90;
5005 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5010 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5012 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5015 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5020 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5022 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5025 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5027 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5029 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5031 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5032 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5033 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5036 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5039 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5042 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5046 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5047 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5050 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5059 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5062 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5064 dw_die_ref current, prev, next;
5065 current = die->die_child;
5067 while (current != NULL)
5069 if (current->die_tag == tag)
5071 next = current->die_sib;
5073 die->die_child = next;
5075 prev->die_sib = next;
5082 current = current->die_sib;
5087 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5090 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5092 remove_children (die);
5095 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5098 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5100 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5102 die->die_child = NULL;
5104 while (child_die != NULL)
5106 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5109 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5111 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5113 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5115 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5123 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5124 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5127 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5129 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5131 if (die == child_die)
5134 child_die->die_parent = die;
5135 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5136 die->die_child = child_die;
5140 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5141 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5144 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5148 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5149 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5150 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5152 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5158 if (child->die_parent != parent
5159 && child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
5162 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5165 *p = child->die_sib;
5169 child->die_parent = parent;
5170 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5171 parent->die_child = child;
5174 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5176 static inline dw_die_ref
5177 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5179 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5181 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5183 if (parent_die != NULL)
5184 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5187 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5189 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5190 limbo_node->die = die;
5191 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5192 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5193 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5199 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5201 static inline dw_die_ref
5202 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5204 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5207 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5210 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5212 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5215 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5217 static inline dw_die_ref
5218 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5220 unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5222 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
5225 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5228 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5230 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5231 unsigned int num_allocated;
5233 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
5236 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
5237 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
5238 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5240 decl_die_table = ggc_realloc (decl_die_table,
5241 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
5243 memset (&decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated], 0,
5244 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5245 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
5248 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
5249 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
5251 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
5254 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5255 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5256 the DIE internal representation. */
5257 static int print_indent;
5259 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5262 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5264 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5267 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5268 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5271 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5276 print_spaces (outfile);
5277 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5278 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5279 print_spaces (outfile);
5280 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5281 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5283 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5285 print_spaces (outfile);
5286 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5288 switch (AT_class (a))
5290 case dw_val_class_addr:
5291 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5293 case dw_val_class_offset:
5294 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5296 case dw_val_class_loc:
5297 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5299 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5300 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5301 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5303 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5304 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5306 case dw_val_class_const:
5307 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5309 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5310 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5312 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5313 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5314 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5315 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5317 case dw_val_class_vec:
5318 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5320 case dw_val_class_flag:
5321 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5323 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5324 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5326 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5327 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5329 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5332 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5334 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5335 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5336 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5338 case dw_val_class_str:
5339 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5340 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5342 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5348 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5351 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5354 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5355 print_die (c, outfile);
5359 if (print_indent == 0)
5360 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5363 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5364 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5367 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5370 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5372 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5373 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5375 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5376 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5377 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5378 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5379 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5380 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5383 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5386 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5389 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5391 print_die (die, stderr);
5394 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5395 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5401 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5402 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5403 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5406 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5407 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5408 they are in order of addition. */
5411 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5413 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5414 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5416 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5418 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5419 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5425 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5432 die->die_child = cp;
5435 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5436 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5437 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5438 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5439 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5442 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5446 reverse_die_lists (die);
5448 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5449 reverse_all_dies (c);
5452 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5453 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5454 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5457 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5459 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5460 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5462 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5466 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5469 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5471 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5473 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5477 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5478 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5480 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5483 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5485 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5486 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5487 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5490 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5493 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5495 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5498 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5500 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5501 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5502 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5503 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5504 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5507 switch (AT_class (at))
5509 case dw_val_class_const:
5510 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5512 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5513 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5515 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5516 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5518 case dw_val_class_vec:
5519 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5521 case dw_val_class_flag:
5522 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5524 case dw_val_class_str:
5525 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5528 case dw_val_class_addr:
5530 switch (GET_CODE (r))
5533 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5541 case dw_val_class_offset:
5542 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5545 case dw_val_class_loc:
5546 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5547 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5550 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5551 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5554 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5555 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5556 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5564 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5567 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5572 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5575 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5578 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5580 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5582 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5583 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5585 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5586 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5590 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5592 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5594 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5596 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5597 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5598 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5601 /* Do the values look the same? */
5603 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5605 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5608 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5611 switch (v1->val_class)
5613 case dw_val_class_const:
5614 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5615 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5616 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5617 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5618 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5619 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5620 case dw_val_class_vec:
5621 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
5622 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
5624 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
5625 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
5628 case dw_val_class_flag:
5629 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5630 case dw_val_class_str:
5631 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5633 case dw_val_class_addr:
5634 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5635 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5636 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5638 switch (GET_CODE (r1))
5641 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5647 case dw_val_class_offset:
5648 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5650 case dw_val_class_loc:
5651 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5653 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5654 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5656 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5658 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5659 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5661 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5662 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5663 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5671 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5674 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
5676 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
5679 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5680 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5681 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5682 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5683 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5686 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
5689 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5692 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
5697 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5699 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
5700 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5702 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
5705 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
5707 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
5708 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
5713 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
5715 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
5716 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
5724 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5727 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
5730 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
5732 unmark_all_dies (die1);
5733 unmark_all_dies (die2);
5738 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5740 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5742 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5743 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5745 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5746 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5749 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
5751 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
5752 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
5753 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
5756 unsigned char checksum[16];
5759 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5760 the name filename of the unit. */
5762 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5764 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
5765 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
5766 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5768 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
5769 clean_symbol_name (name);
5771 p = name + strlen (name);
5772 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
5774 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5778 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5779 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5782 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5785 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
5787 switch (die->die_tag)
5789 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5790 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5791 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5792 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5793 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5794 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5795 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5796 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5797 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5798 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5799 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5800 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5801 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5802 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5803 case DW_TAG_file_type:
5804 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
5805 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
5806 case DW_TAG_typedef:
5813 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5814 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5815 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5816 compilations (functions). */
5819 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
5821 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5822 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5823 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5824 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5826 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
5829 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5830 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5831 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
5832 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
5834 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
5836 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
5839 return is_type_die (c);
5842 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5843 compilation unit. */
5846 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
5848 return (is_type_die (c)
5849 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
5850 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
5854 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
5858 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
5859 return xstrdup (buf);
5862 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5865 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
5869 if (is_symbol_die (die))
5871 if (comdat_symbol_id)
5873 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
5875 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
5876 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
5877 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
5880 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5883 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5884 assign_symbol_names (c);
5887 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5890 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
5891 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
5894 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5896 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
5898 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
5900 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
5904 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
5906 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
5907 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
5909 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
5913 htab_cu_del (void *what)
5915 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
5925 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
5928 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
5930 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
5931 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
5933 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
5935 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
5936 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
5940 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
5942 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
5948 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
5952 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
5954 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
5955 entry->next = *slot;
5961 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
5963 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
5965 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
5967 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
5968 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
5972 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
5975 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5976 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5977 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5980 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
5983 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
5984 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
5985 htab_t cu_hash_table;
5987 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
5989 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
5991 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5992 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
5994 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5997 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
5999 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6002 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6004 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6008 add_child_die (unit, c);
6012 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6013 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6019 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6020 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6025 assign_symbol_names (die);
6026 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6027 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6033 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6034 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6035 &comdat_symbol_number);
6036 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6038 *pnode = node->next;
6041 pnode = &node->next;
6042 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6043 comdat_symbol_number);
6046 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6049 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6050 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6051 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6054 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6058 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6059 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6060 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6061 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6063 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6064 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6067 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6070 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6075 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6076 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6077 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6079 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6080 output_location_lists (c);
6084 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6085 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6086 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6087 die are visited recursively. */
6090 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6092 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6093 unsigned int n_alloc;
6095 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6097 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6098 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6099 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6100 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6101 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6103 if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
6106 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6109 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6111 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6113 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6115 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6117 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6118 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6120 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6122 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6123 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6126 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6127 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6130 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6136 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6138 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6140 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6141 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6142 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6144 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6145 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6146 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6149 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6150 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6153 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6154 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6155 build_abbrev_table (c);
6158 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6161 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6168 log = floor_log2 (value);
6171 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6176 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6177 .debug_info section. */
6179 static unsigned long
6180 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6182 unsigned long size = 0;
6185 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6186 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6188 switch (AT_class (a))
6190 case dw_val_class_addr:
6191 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6193 case dw_val_class_offset:
6194 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6196 case dw_val_class_loc:
6198 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6201 size += constant_size (lsize);
6205 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6206 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6208 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6209 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6211 case dw_val_class_const:
6212 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6214 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6215 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6217 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6218 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6220 case dw_val_class_vec:
6221 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6222 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6224 case dw_val_class_flag:
6227 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6228 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6229 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6231 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6233 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6234 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6236 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6237 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6239 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6240 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6242 case dw_val_class_str:
6243 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6244 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6246 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6256 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6257 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6258 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6259 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6262 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6266 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6267 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6269 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6272 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6273 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6274 next_die_offset += 1;
6277 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6278 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6279 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6280 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6283 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6291 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6295 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6298 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6306 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6310 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6313 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6322 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6323 unmark_all_dies (c);
6325 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6326 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6327 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6330 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6331 compilation unit. */
6333 static unsigned long
6334 size_of_pubnames (void)
6339 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6340 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6342 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6343 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6346 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6350 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6352 static unsigned long
6353 size_of_aranges (void)
6357 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6359 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6360 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6361 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6363 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6364 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6368 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6370 static enum dwarf_form
6371 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6373 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6375 case dw_val_class_addr:
6376 return DW_FORM_addr;
6377 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6378 case dw_val_class_offset:
6379 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6380 return DW_FORM_data4;
6381 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
6382 return DW_FORM_data8;
6384 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6385 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6386 .debug_loc section */
6387 return DW_FORM_data4;
6388 case dw_val_class_loc:
6389 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6392 return DW_FORM_block1;
6394 return DW_FORM_block2;
6398 case dw_val_class_const:
6399 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6400 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6401 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6404 return DW_FORM_data1;
6406 return DW_FORM_data2;
6408 return DW_FORM_data4;
6410 return DW_FORM_data8;
6414 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6415 return DW_FORM_block1;
6416 case dw_val_class_vec:
6417 return DW_FORM_block1;
6418 case dw_val_class_flag:
6419 return DW_FORM_flag;
6420 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6421 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6422 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6425 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6426 return DW_FORM_data;
6427 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6428 return DW_FORM_addr;
6429 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6430 return DW_FORM_data;
6431 case dw_val_class_str:
6432 return AT_string_form (a);
6439 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6442 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6444 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6446 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6449 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6453 output_abbrev_section (void)
6455 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6459 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6461 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6463 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6464 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6465 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6467 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6468 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6470 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6472 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6473 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6475 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6476 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6477 output_value_format (a_attr);
6480 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6481 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6484 /* Terminate the table. */
6485 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6488 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6491 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6493 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6498 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6499 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6500 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6502 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, sym);
6504 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6507 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6508 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6509 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6511 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6512 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6513 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6515 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6517 retlist->begin = begin;
6519 retlist->expr = expr;
6520 retlist->section = section;
6522 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6527 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6530 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6531 const char *begin, const char *end,
6532 const char *section)
6536 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6537 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6540 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6541 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6544 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6547 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6549 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6551 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6553 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6554 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6555 in more than one section. */
6556 if (strcmp (curr->section, ".text") == 0)
6558 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6559 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0,
6560 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6561 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->section,
6562 "Location list base address specifier base");
6565 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6569 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6570 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6571 list_head->ll_symbol);
6572 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6573 "Location list end address (%s)",
6574 list_head->ll_symbol);
6575 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6577 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6580 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6582 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6585 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6586 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6587 list_head->ll_symbol);
6588 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6589 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6590 list_head->ll_symbol);
6593 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6594 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6597 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6603 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6604 them to point to. */
6605 if (die->die_symbol)
6606 output_die_symbol (die);
6608 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6609 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6611 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6613 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6615 switch (AT_class (a))
6617 case dw_val_class_addr:
6618 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6621 case dw_val_class_offset:
6622 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6626 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6628 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6630 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
6631 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6632 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6638 case dw_val_class_loc:
6639 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6641 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6642 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6644 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6647 case dw_val_class_const:
6648 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6649 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6650 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6651 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6654 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6655 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6656 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6659 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6661 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6663 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6664 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6667 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6669 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6670 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6674 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6675 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6678 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6679 first, "long long constant");
6680 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6685 case dw_val_class_vec:
6687 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
6688 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
6692 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
6693 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
6698 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
6701 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
6702 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
6706 case dw_val_class_flag:
6707 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6710 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6712 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6716 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym,
6717 loc_section_label, "%s", name);
6721 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6722 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6724 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6728 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6730 else if (AT_ref (a)->die_offset == 0)
6733 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6737 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6741 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6742 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6743 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6747 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6748 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6751 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6752 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6755 case dw_val_class_str:
6756 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6757 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6758 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
6759 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
6761 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
6769 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6772 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6773 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6774 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6778 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6779 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6782 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6784 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6785 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6786 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6787 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6788 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
6789 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6790 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
6791 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
6792 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6796 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6799 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
6801 const char *secname;
6804 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6805 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
6808 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6809 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6810 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6811 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6812 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6815 build_abbrev_table (die);
6817 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6818 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
6819 calc_die_sizes (die);
6821 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
6824 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
6826 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
6828 die->die_symbol = NULL;
6831 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
6833 /* Output debugging information. */
6834 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
6835 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6838 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6843 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
6847 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6848 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6849 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6852 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
6854 return (*lang_hooks.decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
6857 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6860 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
6864 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6867 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
6869 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6871 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
6872 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
6873 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
6874 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
6877 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
6879 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
6882 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6883 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6884 visible procedures. */
6887 output_pubnames (void)
6890 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
6892 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6893 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6894 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6895 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
6896 "Length of Public Names Info");
6897 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6898 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6899 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6900 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
6901 "Compilation Unit Length");
6903 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6905 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
6907 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6908 if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
6911 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
6914 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
6917 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6920 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6923 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
6925 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
6928 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
6930 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6931 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
6932 (arange_table_allocated
6933 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
6934 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
6935 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6938 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
6941 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6942 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6943 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6946 output_aranges (void)
6949 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
6951 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6952 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6953 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6954 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
6955 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6956 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6957 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6958 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
6960 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6962 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6963 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
6965 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6967 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6968 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6969 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
6970 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
6973 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
6974 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
6975 text_section_label, "Length");
6977 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
6979 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
6981 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6982 if (die->die_mark == 0)
6985 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
6987 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
6989 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
6990 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
6994 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6995 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6996 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6997 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
6998 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7000 if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
7004 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
7007 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7008 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7009 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7010 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7015 /* Output the terminator words. */
7016 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7017 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7020 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7024 add_ranges (tree block)
7026 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7028 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7030 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7032 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7033 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7034 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7035 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7038 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7039 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7041 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7045 output_ranges (void)
7048 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7049 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7051 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7053 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7057 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7058 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7060 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7061 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7063 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7064 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7065 base of the text section. */
7066 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
7068 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7070 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7071 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7072 text_section_label, NULL);
7075 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7076 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7077 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7078 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7081 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7082 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7083 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7090 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7091 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7097 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7100 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7101 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7102 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7103 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7104 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7107 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7111 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7112 int length; /* Path length. */
7113 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7114 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7115 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7116 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7119 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7120 the directories in the path. */
7123 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7125 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7126 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7130 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7131 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7132 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7133 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7134 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7135 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7136 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7138 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7139 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7145 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7146 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7147 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7148 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7149 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7151 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7152 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7157 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7158 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7159 slowdowns with many input files. */
7162 output_file_names (void)
7164 struct file_info *files;
7165 struct dir_info *dirs;
7174 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7175 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7177 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7178 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7182 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7183 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7184 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7186 /* Sort the file names. */
7187 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7191 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7192 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7193 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7196 /* Create a new array entry. */
7198 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7199 files[i].file_idx = i;
7201 /* Search for the file name part. */
7202 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7203 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7206 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7207 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7209 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7210 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7211 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7212 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7214 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7216 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7219 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7220 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7221 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7222 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7224 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7225 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7226 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7232 /* This is a new directory. */
7233 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7234 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7235 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7236 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7237 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7238 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7240 /* Search for a prefix. */
7241 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7242 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7243 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7244 && dirs[j].length > 1
7245 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7246 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7247 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7248 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7253 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7254 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7255 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7256 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7257 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7258 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7259 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7260 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7262 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7263 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7268 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7269 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7270 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7271 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7273 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7276 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7278 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7283 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7288 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7289 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7291 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7292 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7297 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7299 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7301 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7302 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7303 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7305 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7306 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7308 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7309 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7314 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7315 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7316 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7317 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7318 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7320 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7322 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7323 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7326 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7327 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7328 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7329 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7330 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7332 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7333 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7334 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7336 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7337 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7338 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7341 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7343 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7345 if (idx_offset == 0)
7348 /* Now write all the file names. */
7349 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7351 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7352 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7354 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7355 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7357 /* Include directory index. */
7358 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7360 /* Modification time. */
7361 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7363 /* File length in bytes. */
7364 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7367 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7371 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7372 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7375 output_line_info (void)
7377 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7378 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7379 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7382 unsigned long lt_index;
7383 unsigned long current_line;
7386 unsigned long current_file;
7387 unsigned long function;
7389 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7390 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7391 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7392 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7394 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7395 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7396 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7397 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7398 "Length of Source Line Info");
7399 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7401 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7402 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7403 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7405 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7406 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7407 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7408 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7409 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7410 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7411 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7412 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7413 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7414 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7416 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7417 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7418 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7419 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7420 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7421 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7422 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7423 "Special Opcode Base");
7425 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7429 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7430 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7431 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7432 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7433 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7441 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7445 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7446 output_file_names ();
7447 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7449 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7450 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7451 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7453 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7454 a series of state machine operations. */
7457 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7458 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7460 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7463 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7464 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7467 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7468 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7469 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7470 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7471 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7475 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7477 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7478 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7479 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7480 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7481 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7482 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7484 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7487 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7488 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7489 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7490 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7494 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7495 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7496 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7497 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7498 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7499 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7502 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7504 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7505 different from the previous line. */
7506 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7508 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7509 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7510 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7511 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7515 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7516 that uses the least amount of space. */
7517 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7519 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7520 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7521 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7522 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7523 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7524 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7526 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7527 "line %lu", current_line);
7530 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7531 depending on the value being encoded. */
7532 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7533 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7534 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7535 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7539 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7540 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7543 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7546 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7547 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7548 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7552 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7553 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7554 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7555 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7558 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7559 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7560 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7565 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7567 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7568 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7571 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7572 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7573 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7574 && line_info->function == function)
7578 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7579 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7580 to handle it differently. */
7581 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7583 if (function != line_info->function)
7585 function = line_info->function;
7587 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7588 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7589 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7590 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7591 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7595 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7598 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7599 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7600 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7604 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7605 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7606 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7607 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7611 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7613 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7614 different from the previous line. */
7615 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7617 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7618 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7619 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7620 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7624 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7625 that uses the least amount of space. */
7626 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7628 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7629 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7630 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7631 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7632 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7633 "line %lu", current_line);
7636 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7637 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7638 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7639 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7643 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7651 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7652 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7653 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7658 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7659 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7662 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7663 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7664 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7668 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7669 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7670 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7671 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7674 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7675 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7676 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7677 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7681 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7682 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7685 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7686 a DIE that describes the given type.
7688 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7689 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7692 base_type_die (tree type)
7694 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7695 const char *type_name;
7696 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7697 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7699 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7704 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7705 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7707 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7710 type_name = "__unknown__";
7712 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7715 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7716 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7717 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7719 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7720 && (type == char_type_node
7721 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7722 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7724 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7725 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7727 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7730 /* else fall through. */
7733 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7734 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7735 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7737 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7741 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7744 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7745 a user defined type for it. */
7747 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7748 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7750 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7754 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7755 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7759 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7763 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7764 if (demangle_name_func)
7765 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7767 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7768 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7769 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7770 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
7772 return base_type_result;
7775 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7776 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7777 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7778 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7779 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7780 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7781 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7782 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7785 root_type (tree type)
7787 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7788 return error_mark_node;
7790 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7793 return error_mark_node;
7796 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7797 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7800 return type_main_variant (type);
7804 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7805 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7808 is_base_type (tree type)
7810 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7825 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7830 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7844 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7845 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7846 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7847 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7850 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7851 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
7853 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7854 return BITS_PER_WORD;
7855 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
7857 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
7858 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
7860 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
7863 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
7864 emitted as a subrange type. */
7867 is_subrange_type (tree type)
7869 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
7871 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE
7872 && subtype != NULL_TREE)
7874 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == INTEGER_TYPE)
7876 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
7882 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
7883 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
7886 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
7888 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
7889 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
7890 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7891 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
7893 if (context_die == NULL)
7894 context_die = comp_unit_die;
7896 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
7897 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
7899 subtype_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type));
7901 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
7905 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7906 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7907 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
7910 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
7912 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
7913 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
7914 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
7917 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
7918 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
7919 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
7920 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
7921 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
7922 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
7923 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
7925 return subrange_die;
7928 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7929 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7932 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
7933 dw_die_ref context_die)
7935 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
7936 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
7937 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
7938 tree item_type = NULL;
7940 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
7942 tree qualified_type;
7944 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7947 = get_qualified_type (type,
7948 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
7950 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
7952 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7955 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7957 return mod_type_die;
7960 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7961 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
7962 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
7963 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
7965 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
7966 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
7968 if (qualified_type == dtype)
7970 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7971 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
7972 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7974 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
7975 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
7976 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7977 type to which it refers. */
7979 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
7980 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
7983 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7989 else if (is_const_type)
7991 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7992 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
7994 else if (is_volatile_type)
7996 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7997 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
7999 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8001 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8002 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8003 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8005 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8007 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8009 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8011 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8012 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8013 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8015 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8017 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8019 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8020 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8021 else if (is_base_type (type))
8022 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8025 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8027 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8028 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8029 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8030 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8031 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8033 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8034 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8036 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8037 not the main variant. */
8038 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8039 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
8043 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8044 type = qualified_type;
8048 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8050 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8051 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8052 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8053 types are possible in Ada. */
8054 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8055 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8056 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8059 if (sub_die != NULL)
8060 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8062 return mod_type_die;
8065 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8066 an enumerated type. */
8069 type_is_enum (tree type)
8071 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8074 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8077 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8079 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8081 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8084 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8087 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8088 zero if there is none. */
8090 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8091 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8096 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8099 reg = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
8100 regs = (*targetm.dwarf_register_span) (rtl);
8102 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (rtl), GET_MODE (rtl)) > 1
8104 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8106 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8109 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8110 a given hard register number. */
8112 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8113 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8116 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8118 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8121 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8122 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8124 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8125 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8129 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8131 reg = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
8132 nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (rtl), GET_MODE (rtl));
8134 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8135 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8137 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8144 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8145 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8146 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8152 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8154 if (GET_CODE (regs) != PARALLEL)
8157 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8160 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8164 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8165 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8166 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8167 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8172 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8174 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8175 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8177 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8179 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8180 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8184 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8187 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8189 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8199 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8201 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8202 || i >= -0x80000000)
8208 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8211 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8213 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8214 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8216 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8217 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8218 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8220 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8221 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8222 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
8225 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8227 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
8229 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
8234 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8237 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8239 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8240 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
8241 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8242 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8245 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8246 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8247 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8248 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8250 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8251 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8252 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8253 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8255 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8256 autoincrement addressing modes.
8258 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8260 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8261 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode)
8263 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8265 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8266 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8267 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8268 zeroth element of the array. */
8270 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
8272 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8277 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8278 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8280 /* ... fall through ... */
8283 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8284 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8285 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8286 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8287 contains the given subreg. */
8288 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8290 /* ... fall through ... */
8293 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8294 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8295 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8296 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8297 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8298 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8299 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8300 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8301 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8302 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8303 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8304 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8305 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8306 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8307 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (rtl), 0);
8311 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8312 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8313 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8317 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8319 /* ... fall through ... */
8322 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8323 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8327 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8328 by a different symbol. */
8329 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8332 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8334 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8337 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8338 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8343 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8344 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8345 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8346 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8351 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8352 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8353 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8354 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
8358 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8360 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8365 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8367 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8368 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8369 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8370 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8372 /* ... fall through ... */
8376 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8377 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
8378 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8381 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8382 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8385 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8386 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8387 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8388 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8389 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8392 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8393 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8394 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8395 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8402 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8403 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8404 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8405 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8407 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8410 mem_loc_result = op0;
8411 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8412 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
8417 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8421 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8423 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == MEM)
8424 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0), mode);
8432 return mem_loc_result;
8435 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8436 This is typically a complex variable. */
8438 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8439 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8441 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8442 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8443 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8445 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8448 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8449 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8450 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8451 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
8453 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8454 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8455 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8456 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
8458 return cc_loc_result;
8461 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8462 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8463 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8464 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8465 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8467 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8469 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8470 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8472 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8474 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8477 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8478 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8479 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8480 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8481 contains the given subreg. */
8482 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8484 /* ... fall through ... */
8487 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8491 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8495 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8505 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8506 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8507 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8508 descriptor, return 0. */
8510 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8511 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int addressp)
8513 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8515 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8516 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8518 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8519 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8522 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
8527 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR:
8528 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
8529 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8530 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8531 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8532 the names of types. */
8538 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
8539 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
8540 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
8541 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
8542 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
8546 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8547 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8548 for (loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0);
8549 TREE_CODE (loc) == CONVERT_EXPR || TREE_CODE (loc) == NOP_EXPR
8550 || TREE_CODE (loc) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8551 || TREE_CODE (loc) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8552 || TREE_CODE (loc) == SAVE_EXPR;
8553 loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
8556 return (TREE_CODE (loc) == INDIRECT_REF
8557 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp)
8561 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc))
8565 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8566 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8570 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8571 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8572 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
8575 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8576 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8579 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != MEM)
8581 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8582 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8585 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
8586 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8587 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8589 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
8590 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8599 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8601 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8603 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8605 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8606 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8607 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8612 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8614 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
8617 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8620 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
8626 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8631 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), addressp);
8635 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8636 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
8639 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp);
8644 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
8647 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
8648 enum machine_mode mode;
8651 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
8652 &unsignedp, &volatilep);
8657 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
8659 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
8662 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
8664 /* Variable offset. */
8665 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
8666 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8672 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8674 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
8675 else if (bytepos < 0)
8677 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
8678 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8684 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
8685 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
8692 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
8693 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
8694 enum machine_mode mode;
8696 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != MEM)
8698 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8699 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8701 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
8704 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
8708 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
8709 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
8714 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
8720 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
8725 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
8727 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
8728 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
8736 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
8738 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
8739 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
8752 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
8756 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8757 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
8759 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8763 add_loc_descr (&ret,
8764 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8765 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
8775 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8782 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8789 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8796 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8811 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8812 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8813 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
8816 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8817 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8820 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
8834 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8838 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8842 loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
8843 build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
8844 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
8845 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
8847 /* ... fall through ... */
8851 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8852 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8853 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8854 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
8855 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
8857 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8858 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
8861 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
8862 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
8864 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
8865 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
8866 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
8868 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
8869 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8870 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
8872 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8873 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
8874 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
8875 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8876 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
8880 case EXPR_WITH_FILE_LOCATION:
8881 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (EXPR_WFL_NODE (loc), addressp);
8883 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
8885 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
8886 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
8890 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
8891 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
8892 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
8893 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
8896 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
8897 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
8898 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
8901 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
8902 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
8907 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8908 if (addressp && indirect_p == 0)
8911 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8912 if (!addressp && indirect_p > 0)
8914 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8916 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
8918 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
8921 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
8923 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
8929 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8930 which is not less than the value itself. */
8932 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8933 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
8935 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
8938 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8939 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8940 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8944 field_type (tree decl)
8948 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8949 return integer_type_node;
8951 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8952 if (type == NULL_TREE)
8953 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8958 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8959 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8960 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8962 static inline unsigned
8963 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
8965 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8968 static inline unsigned
8969 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
8971 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8974 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8975 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8976 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8977 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8978 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8981 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8982 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
8984 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
8985 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
8986 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
8987 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
8989 tree field_size_tree;
8990 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8991 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
8992 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
8994 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8996 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8999 type = field_type (decl);
9000 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9002 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9003 a flexible array member. */
9004 if (! field_size_tree)
9005 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9007 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9008 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9009 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9010 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9013 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9015 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9016 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9017 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9019 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9021 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9022 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9023 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9025 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9026 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9027 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9028 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9029 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9030 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9031 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9032 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9034 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9036 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9037 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9038 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9039 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9040 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9041 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9042 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9043 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9044 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9045 bits of the bit-field itself.
9047 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9048 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9049 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9050 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9051 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9052 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9053 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9054 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9055 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9057 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9058 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9059 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9060 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9061 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9062 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9064 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9065 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9066 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9068 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9069 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9070 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9072 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9073 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9074 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9075 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9077 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9079 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9080 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9082 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9083 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9084 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9085 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9088 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9091 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9092 associated with them. */
9094 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9096 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9097 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9098 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9101 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9102 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9105 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9108 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9109 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9110 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9111 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9112 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9113 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9116 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9117 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9118 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9119 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9120 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9121 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9122 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9123 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9124 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9128 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9130 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9131 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9133 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
9135 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9136 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl) && is_cxx ())
9138 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9139 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9140 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9141 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9143 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9145 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9147 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9149 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9150 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9151 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9153 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9154 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9155 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9157 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9158 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9162 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9163 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9164 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9165 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9167 /* Extract the offset. */
9168 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9169 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9171 /* Add it to the object address. */
9172 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9173 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9176 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9179 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9183 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9185 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9186 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9187 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9189 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9190 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9191 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9195 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9198 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9201 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9204 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9207 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9211 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9217 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9219 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9220 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9222 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9228 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9234 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9237 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9243 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9244 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9246 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9247 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9249 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9254 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9255 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9256 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9257 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9258 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9261 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9263 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9267 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9270 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9272 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9277 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9278 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9279 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9280 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9282 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9284 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9286 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9287 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9289 insert_float (rtl, array);
9290 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9294 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9295 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
9298 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9299 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9306 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9307 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9308 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9309 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9313 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_INT)
9315 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9317 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9318 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9319 if (GET_CODE (elt) == CONST_INT)
9324 else if (GET_CODE (elt) == CONST_DOUBLE)
9326 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9327 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9332 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9333 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9334 else if (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9336 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9337 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9339 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9344 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9345 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9351 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT)
9353 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9355 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9356 insert_float (elt, p);
9362 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
9367 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9373 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9374 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
9378 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9379 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9380 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9381 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9382 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9383 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9384 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9385 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9386 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9387 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9388 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9392 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9399 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9403 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9404 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9405 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9407 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9408 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9409 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9410 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9411 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9412 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9413 referenced within the function.
9415 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9416 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9417 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9418 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9420 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9421 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9422 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9423 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9424 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9425 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9427 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9428 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9429 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9430 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9431 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9432 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9433 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9434 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9435 output at debug-time.
9437 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9438 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9439 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9440 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9441 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9442 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9443 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9444 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9445 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9446 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9447 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9448 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9449 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9451 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9452 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9453 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9454 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9455 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9456 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9457 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9458 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9461 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9462 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9463 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9464 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9465 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9466 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9467 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9468 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9469 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9470 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9471 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9472 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9473 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9476 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9477 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
9479 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9480 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9482 if (! reload_completed)
9485 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
9486 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9487 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
9488 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == REG
9489 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
9490 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
9492 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
9497 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
9499 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
9501 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9502 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
9503 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
9504 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
9506 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9507 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9508 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9510 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9511 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
9512 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
9513 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
9515 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9518 else if (GET_CODE (inc) == MEM)
9520 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9521 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
9522 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
9523 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
9530 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9531 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9532 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9533 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9534 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9535 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9537 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9538 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
9539 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9540 /* Not passed in memory. */
9541 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
9542 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9543 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
9544 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9545 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9546 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9547 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9550 /* Big endian correction check. */
9552 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
9553 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
9556 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
9557 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
9559 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9560 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
9564 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
9566 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
9567 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9568 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
9569 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
9573 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9574 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9575 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9576 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
9578 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9579 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9580 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
9581 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9583 tree arrtype = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9584 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (arrtype);
9585 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype);
9586 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9587 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9589 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9591 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9592 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9593 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9594 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9595 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9596 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init));
9598 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9599 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9600 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9601 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == INTEGER_CST
9602 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == REAL_CST)
9604 rtl = expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
9605 EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9606 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9607 if (rtl && GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
9613 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
9615 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9616 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9617 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9619 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
9624 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9625 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9626 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9627 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9628 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9629 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9630 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9631 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9632 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9633 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9636 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9639 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
9641 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9643 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
9646 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
9647 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9650 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9653 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9654 don't emit anything. */
9665 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9666 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
9670 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl))
9672 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9673 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9674 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9675 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9676 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl, 1);
9683 descr = loc_descriptor (rtl);
9685 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, descr);
9690 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
9691 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
9692 enum machine_mode mode;
9695 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9696 descr = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9697 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9698 add_loc_descr (&descr,
9699 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
9700 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
9702 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
9704 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9705 add_loc_descr (&descr, temp);
9706 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9707 add_loc_descr (&descr,
9708 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
9709 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
9712 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, descr);
9720 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9721 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9722 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9725 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
9727 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9728 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9730 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
9731 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9736 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9739 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
9740 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9741 tree_low_cst (init, 0));
9743 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9744 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
9745 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
9752 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9753 the value of the attribute. */
9756 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
9758 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
9760 if (demangle_name_func)
9761 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
9763 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
9767 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9770 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
9772 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
9774 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
9777 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9778 a representation for that bound. */
9781 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
9783 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
9788 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9790 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
9791 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
9792 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
9793 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
9794 /* use the default */
9797 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
9802 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9803 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9804 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
9808 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9809 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9810 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9811 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9812 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9813 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9814 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9815 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9816 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9817 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9818 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9819 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9820 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9821 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9822 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9823 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9824 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9825 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9827 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9828 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9829 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9830 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
9831 && (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
9833 dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9834 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9835 rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
9837 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9838 it references an outer function's frame. */
9839 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
9841 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
9843 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
9844 loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
9847 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9848 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9849 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location,
9850 loc_descriptor (loc));
9851 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9854 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9860 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
9862 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9863 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9864 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9865 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9867 if (decl_die != NULL)
9868 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9874 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9875 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9877 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
9878 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
9880 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
9884 if (current_function_decl == 0)
9885 ctx = comp_unit_die;
9887 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9889 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9890 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9891 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9892 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9893 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9895 bound = build (SAVE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (bound), bound,
9896 current_function_decl, NULL_TREE);
9898 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9899 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9900 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9901 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
9903 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9909 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9910 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9913 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
9915 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9916 unsigned dimension_number;
9919 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
9921 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9922 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9923 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9924 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9925 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9926 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9927 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9928 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9930 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9931 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9932 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9933 gen_array_type_die. */
9934 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9935 for (dimension_number = 0;
9936 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
9937 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
9940 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9942 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9943 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9945 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
9948 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9949 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
9950 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
9952 /* Define the index type. */
9953 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
9955 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9956 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9957 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9958 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
9959 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
9960 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9961 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
9964 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
9968 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9969 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9971 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9972 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9973 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9975 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
9977 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
9980 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9981 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9987 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
9991 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
9999 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10000 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10003 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10004 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10005 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10006 even for bit-fields. */
10007 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10013 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10014 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10015 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10016 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10017 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
10020 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10021 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10022 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10025 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10026 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10027 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10028 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10029 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10030 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10032 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10033 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10034 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10037 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10039 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10040 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10041 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10042 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10043 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10044 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10046 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10048 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
10051 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10052 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10053 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10054 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10055 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10058 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10060 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10061 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10062 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10063 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10064 below must take account of these differences. */
10065 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10066 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10068 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10070 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10071 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10075 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10076 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10077 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10079 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10082 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10083 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10086 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10088 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10089 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
10090 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
10093 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10094 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10097 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10098 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10101 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10103 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10104 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10105 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10108 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10109 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10113 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10115 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10117 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10119 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10120 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10121 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10123 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10124 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10128 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10130 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10132 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10135 if (DECL_P (origin))
10136 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10137 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10138 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10140 if (origin_die == NULL)
10143 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10146 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10149 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10151 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10153 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10155 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10156 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10157 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10158 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10161 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10162 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10163 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10164 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10168 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10171 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10173 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10175 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10176 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10179 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10180 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10183 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10187 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10188 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10190 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10191 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10192 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10194 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10195 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10196 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10197 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10198 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10199 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10202 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10203 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10204 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10205 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10207 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10208 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10209 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10214 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10217 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10219 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
10222 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10225 pop_decl_scope (void)
10227 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) <= 0)
10230 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
10233 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10234 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10235 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10236 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10237 the current active scope. */
10240 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10242 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10243 tree containing_scope;
10246 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10250 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10252 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10253 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10255 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10258 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10261 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10262 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10263 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10264 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10265 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10267 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE
10268 || TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL)
10269 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10270 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10272 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10273 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10274 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10275 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10276 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10281 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10282 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
10285 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10286 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10289 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10292 scope_die = context_die;
10297 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10300 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10302 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10303 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10304 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10310 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10311 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10314 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10316 return (context_die
10317 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10318 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10319 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10322 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10323 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10324 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10327 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10328 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10330 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10331 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10333 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10334 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10335 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10336 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10337 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10338 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10339 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10341 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10342 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10343 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10344 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10345 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10348 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10349 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10350 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10353 if (type_die != NULL)
10354 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10357 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10358 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10359 was declared without a tag. */
10361 static const char *
10362 type_tag (tree type)
10364 const char *name = 0;
10366 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10370 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10371 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10372 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10374 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10375 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10377 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10378 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10379 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
10381 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10383 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
10386 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
10389 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10390 for bit field types. */
10393 member_declared_type (tree member)
10395 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
10396 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
10399 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10400 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10403 static const char *
10404 decl_start_label (tree decl)
10407 const char *fnname;
10409 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
10410 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
10414 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
10417 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
10422 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10423 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10424 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10427 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10429 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10430 dw_die_ref array_die;
10433 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10434 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10435 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10436 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10437 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10440 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
10441 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
10442 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
10444 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10446 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10447 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10448 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
10449 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
10453 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10454 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10455 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10456 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10457 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10458 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10459 for multidimensional arrays. */
10460 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
10463 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10464 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10465 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10466 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
10467 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10470 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
10472 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10473 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10475 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10476 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10477 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10478 add_subscript_info. */
10479 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10480 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10481 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
10483 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
10486 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10490 gen_set_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10492 dw_die_ref type_die
10493 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10495 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10496 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10501 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10503 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10504 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
10506 if (origin != NULL)
10507 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
10510 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10511 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10512 0, 0, context_die);
10515 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10516 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
10518 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
10522 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10523 emit full debugging info for them. */
10526 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10530 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
10531 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
10534 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10537 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10539 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
10541 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10542 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10543 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10546 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10549 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10551 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
10553 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10554 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10555 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10558 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10561 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10563 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
10565 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10566 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10567 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10570 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10571 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10572 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10576 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10578 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10580 if (type_die == NULL)
10582 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
10583 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10584 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10585 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10587 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
10590 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10592 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10593 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10594 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10595 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
10599 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10600 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10601 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10602 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10604 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10605 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10606 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10607 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
10609 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
10610 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10612 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
10613 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
10615 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
10616 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
10618 if (host_integerp (value, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
10619 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
10620 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
10621 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
10622 values as if they were signed. That means that
10623 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
10624 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
10625 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10626 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
10630 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10635 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10636 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10639 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10640 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10641 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10642 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10643 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10644 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10645 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10646 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10649 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
10651 dw_die_ref parm_die
10652 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
10655 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
10658 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
10659 if (origin != NULL)
10660 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
10663 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
10664 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
10665 TREE_READONLY (node),
10666 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
10668 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
10669 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10672 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
10673 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
10674 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
10679 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10680 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
10690 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10691 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10694 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10696 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
10699 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10700 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10701 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10702 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10705 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10708 tree formal_type = NULL;
10709 tree first_parm_type;
10712 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10714 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
10715 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
10720 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10722 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10723 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10724 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
10726 dw_die_ref parm_die;
10728 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
10729 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
10732 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10733 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
10734 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
10735 && link == first_parm_type)
10736 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
10737 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10739 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
10741 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
10744 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10745 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10746 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
10747 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
10749 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10750 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10751 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10752 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
10753 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10754 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
10757 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10758 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10759 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10760 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10761 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10764 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
10766 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
10768 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10769 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10770 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
10771 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
10773 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
10776 push_decl_scope (type);
10777 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10778 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10780 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10786 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10787 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10790 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
10792 dw_die_ref old_die;
10795 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
10797 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10798 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
10800 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10801 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10802 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10805 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10806 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10807 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10809 context = decl_class_context (decl);
10811 gen_type_die_for_member
10812 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
10815 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10816 save_fn = current_function_decl;
10817 current_function_decl = decl;
10819 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
10820 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
10821 if (! was_abstract)
10822 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
10824 current_function_decl = save_fn;
10827 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10831 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10833 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10834 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10835 dw_die_ref subr_die;
10839 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10840 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
10841 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
10843 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10844 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10845 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10846 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10847 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10849 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10850 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
10857 if (origin != NULL)
10859 if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
10862 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10863 inline function. */
10864 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
10865 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
10867 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10868 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
10872 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10874 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
10875 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10876 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10877 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10878 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10880 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10881 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10882 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10883 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10884 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10890 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10891 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10892 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10893 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10894 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10895 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10896 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10897 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
10898 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
10899 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
10900 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10901 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
10903 subr_die = old_die;
10905 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters. */
10906 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10907 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
10911 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10912 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
10913 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
10914 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10915 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10916 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
10918 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10923 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10925 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10926 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
10928 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
10929 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10931 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
10932 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10933 0, 0, context_die);
10936 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
10937 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10938 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10940 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10941 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10942 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10943 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10948 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10950 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10952 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10953 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10954 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10955 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10956 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10957 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10960 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10962 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
10964 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
10965 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
10967 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
10971 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
10972 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
10974 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
10977 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10979 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
10981 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10982 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10984 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
10985 current_function_funcdef_no);
10986 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
10987 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10988 current_function_funcdef_no);
10989 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
10991 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
10992 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
10994 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10995 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10996 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
10999 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
11000 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
11001 variables is relative to one of them. */
11003 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
11004 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
11007 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
11008 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
11009 if (current_function_needs_context)
11010 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11011 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl)));
11015 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11016 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11017 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11018 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11019 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11020 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11021 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11022 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11023 an ellipsis at the end. */
11025 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11026 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11027 its formal parameters. */
11028 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11030 else if (declaration)
11031 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11034 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11035 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11038 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11039 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11040 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11041 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11043 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11044 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11045 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11046 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11048 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11051 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11052 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11053 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11054 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11055 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11056 parameters at all. */
11057 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11058 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11060 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11061 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11062 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11064 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11065 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11068 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11069 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11070 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11072 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11073 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11074 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11075 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11076 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11077 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11078 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11080 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11081 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11082 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11083 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11084 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11085 constructor function. */
11086 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11088 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11089 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11091 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11092 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11094 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11095 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11097 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11098 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11105 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11108 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11110 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11111 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11113 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11114 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11115 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11117 if (origin != NULL)
11118 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11120 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11121 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11123 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11124 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11127 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11128 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
11129 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11131 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11132 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
11133 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11135 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
11137 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11138 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11140 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11141 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
11143 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
11144 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
11149 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11150 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11151 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11153 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11154 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11156 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11157 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11159 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11160 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11161 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11162 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11166 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11168 if (class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11169 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11171 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11173 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11174 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11177 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11180 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11183 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11185 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11186 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11188 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11190 if (origin != NULL)
11191 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11193 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11195 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11196 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11199 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11201 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11202 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11203 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11205 && (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
11206 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
11207 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11209 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11210 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11211 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11212 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11213 it if it ever does happen. */
11214 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
11217 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11218 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11223 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11226 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11228 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11229 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11231 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11233 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11237 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11239 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11242 add_ranges (chain);
11243 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11250 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11251 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11252 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11253 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11254 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11255 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11259 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11262 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11265 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11267 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11269 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11270 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11271 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11272 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11273 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11275 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11277 dw_die_ref subr_die
11278 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
11279 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11281 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11282 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11283 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11284 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11285 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11286 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11287 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11288 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
11289 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
11292 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11293 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11294 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11295 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11296 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11297 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11298 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11299 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11300 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11301 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11302 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11304 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11307 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11310 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11312 dw_die_ref decl_die;
11314 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
11317 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
11318 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11319 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
11320 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
11323 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
11325 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11326 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11327 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11330 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
11331 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11333 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11334 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11336 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11337 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11338 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11339 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11343 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11344 Use modified_type_die instead.
11345 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11346 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11349 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11352 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11354 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11355 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11356 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11359 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11360 Use modified_type_die instead.
11361 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11362 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11365 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11368 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11370 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
11371 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11372 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11376 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11379 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11382 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
11383 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11385 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11386 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11387 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
11388 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11391 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11394 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
11397 char producer[250];
11398 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
11401 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
11405 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
11406 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11407 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
11408 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
11411 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
11413 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11414 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11415 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11416 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11417 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11418 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11419 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11420 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11421 strcat (producer, " -g");
11424 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
11426 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
11427 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
11428 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11429 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
11430 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
11431 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
11432 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11433 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
11434 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
11435 language = DW_LANG_Java;
11437 language = DW_LANG_C89;
11439 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
11443 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11446 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11448 dw_die_ref type_die
11449 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11451 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11453 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11454 TODO: add string length info. */
11456 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
11457 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
11461 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11464 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
11466 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
11468 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
11469 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
11471 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
11472 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11474 if (access == access_public_node)
11475 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
11476 else if (access == access_protected_node)
11477 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11480 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11483 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11486 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
11489 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11490 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11491 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11492 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11493 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11494 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11495 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11496 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11497 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11498 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11499 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11501 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11502 if (binfo && BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo))
11504 tree bases = BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo);
11505 tree accesses = BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo);
11506 int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
11509 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
11510 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i),
11511 (accesses ? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses, i)
11512 : access_public_node), context_die);
11515 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11516 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11518 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11519 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11520 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11521 do put them in the right order. */
11523 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11525 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11527 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11530 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11531 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11533 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11534 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
11537 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11539 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11541 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11545 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11546 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11547 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11550 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11552 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11553 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
11555 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
11556 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11557 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
11558 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
11560 if (type_die && ! complete)
11563 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
11564 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11565 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
11568 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11570 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
11571 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11573 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
11575 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
11576 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
11578 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11580 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
11582 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11585 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11587 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11588 then give a list of members. */
11589 if (complete && !ns_decl)
11591 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11592 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11593 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11594 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11595 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11596 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11598 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11599 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11600 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11601 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
11603 push_decl_scope (type);
11604 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
11607 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11608 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
11610 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
11612 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
11613 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11614 lookup_type_die (vtype));
11619 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11621 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11622 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11623 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
11624 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
11628 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11631 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11633 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11634 dw_die_ref subr_die
11635 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
11636 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11638 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
11639 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
11640 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11641 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
11644 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
11647 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11649 dw_die_ref type_die;
11652 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11655 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
11656 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
11657 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11658 if (origin != NULL)
11659 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
11664 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
11665 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
11667 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
11669 if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
11672 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
11675 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
11677 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
11678 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11681 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11682 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
11685 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11688 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11692 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11695 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11696 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11698 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11701 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11702 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == type)
11705 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11706 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
11710 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11711 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11712 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11713 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11714 cloned type itself). */
11715 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
11716 type = type_main_variant (type);
11718 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11721 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11727 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
11728 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11729 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11730 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11731 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11733 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11735 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11736 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11737 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11741 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11742 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11743 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
11745 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11746 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11748 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11750 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
11754 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
11755 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
11759 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11760 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11763 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
11764 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11765 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11766 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11770 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11771 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11772 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11776 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
11778 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11779 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
11782 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11786 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11789 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11792 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11793 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11794 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11795 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11796 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11797 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11798 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11799 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
11800 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11801 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
11803 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
11805 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11808 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11809 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11810 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11815 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
11819 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
11820 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11822 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11827 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11828 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11829 when appropriate. */
11838 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11842 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11849 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11852 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11855 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11857 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11860 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11861 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11862 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11864 if (type != type_main_variant (type))
11867 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11868 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11870 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11875 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11876 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11880 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
11884 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11885 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11893 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11894 things which are local to the given block. */
11897 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11899 int must_output_die = 0;
11902 enum tree_code origin_code;
11904 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11905 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
11906 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
11909 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11910 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11911 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11912 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
11916 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
11917 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
11922 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11923 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11924 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11925 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11926 the current block. */
11927 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11928 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
11930 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11932 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11933 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11934 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11935 must_output_die = 1;
11938 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11939 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11940 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11941 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11942 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11943 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11944 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11945 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
11947 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11948 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11949 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11950 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11951 as being a "significant" one. */
11952 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
11954 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11955 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11956 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
11957 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11958 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
11959 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
11961 must_output_die = 1;
11967 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11968 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11969 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11970 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11971 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11972 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11973 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11974 if (must_output_die)
11976 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11977 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11979 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11982 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
11985 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11986 all of its sub-blocks. */
11989 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11994 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11995 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
11998 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11999 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12000 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12001 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12002 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12006 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12007 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12008 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12009 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12013 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12014 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12016 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12019 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12020 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12023 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12024 therein) of this block. */
12025 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12027 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
12028 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
12031 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12034 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
12036 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12039 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12040 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
12041 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12042 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
12043 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
12044 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12050 /* Returns the DIE for namespace NS or aborts.
12052 Note that namespaces don't really have a lexical context, so there's no
12053 need to pass in a context_die. They always go inside their containing
12054 namespace, or comp_unit_die if none. */
12057 force_namespace_die (tree ns)
12061 dwarf2out_decl (ns);
12062 ns_die = lookup_decl_die (ns);
12069 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12070 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12073 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12075 tree context = DECL_P (thing) ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing);
12076 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12077 /* Force out the namespace. */
12078 context_die = force_namespace_die (context);
12080 return context_die;
12083 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12084 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12086 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12087 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12090 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12092 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12094 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12097 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12099 if (ns_context != context_die)
12101 if (DECL_P (thing))
12102 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12104 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12108 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12111 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12113 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12115 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12116 they are an alias of. */
12117 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12119 /* Output a real namespace. */
12120 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12121 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12122 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12123 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12127 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12129 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12130 dw_die_ref origin_die
12131 = force_namespace_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12133 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12134 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12135 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12136 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12137 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12138 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12142 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12145 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12149 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12152 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12158 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12159 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12162 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12163 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12164 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12165 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
12166 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
12169 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12170 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
12171 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12173 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12174 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12175 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
12176 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
12177 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
12178 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12179 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12180 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12181 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12183 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12184 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
12187 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12188 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12190 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12191 have described its return type. */
12192 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12194 /* And its virtual context. */
12195 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12196 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
12198 /* And its containing type. */
12199 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12200 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12201 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12203 /* And its containing namespace. */
12204 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12207 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12208 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12212 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12213 actual typedefs. */
12214 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12217 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12218 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12219 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12220 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12221 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12222 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12223 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12225 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12229 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
12230 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12232 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12233 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
12237 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12238 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
12242 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12243 variable declarations or definitions. */
12244 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12247 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12249 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12251 /* And its containing type. */
12252 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12253 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12254 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12256 /* And its containing namespace. */
12257 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12259 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12260 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12261 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12263 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12264 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
12265 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12267 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
12271 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12272 anonymous unions. */
12273 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
12274 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
12276 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
12277 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
12282 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12283 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12286 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12287 gen_namespace_die (decl);
12291 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES)
12292 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12298 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12301 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
12303 unsigned int file_index;
12305 if (filename != NULL)
12307 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12308 tree context_list_decl
12309 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
12312 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
12313 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
12314 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
12315 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12316 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
12320 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12321 compilation proper has finished. */
12324 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
12326 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12327 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12328 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12329 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12330 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12331 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12334 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12337 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
12339 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
12341 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12346 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12347 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12348 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12349 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12350 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12351 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12352 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12353 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12354 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12355 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12356 with the definition of the function.
12358 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12359 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12360 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12361 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12362 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12363 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12364 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12365 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12366 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12367 that they *are* definitions).
12369 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12370 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12371 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12372 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12373 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12374 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12377 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12378 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12379 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12380 if (decl_function_context (decl)
12381 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12382 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12383 context_die = NULL;
12387 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12388 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12389 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12390 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12391 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12392 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12393 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12394 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12395 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
12398 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12399 variable declarations or definitions. */
12400 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12404 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12405 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12407 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
12412 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12413 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
12416 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12417 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12418 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
12420 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12421 comparisons have. */
12422 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
12423 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
12424 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12425 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12426 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
12431 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12432 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12435 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12436 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12437 if (decl_function_context (decl))
12438 context_die = NULL;
12446 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12449 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12450 a lexical block. */
12453 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12454 unsigned int blocknum)
12456 function_section (current_function_decl);
12457 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
12460 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12464 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
12466 function_section (current_function_decl);
12467 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
12470 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12471 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12473 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12474 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12475 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12478 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
12482 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12483 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12484 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
12490 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12491 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12492 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12493 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12494 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12495 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12496 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12497 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12498 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12502 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
12505 char *save_file_name;
12507 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12508 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12509 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
12512 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
12513 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
12514 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
12517 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12518 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
12519 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
12520 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
12522 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
12526 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12527 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
12528 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
12529 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
12530 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
12536 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
12538 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
12540 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
12542 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
12543 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
12544 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
12545 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
12546 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
12547 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
12549 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
12556 init_file_table (void)
12558 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12559 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
12560 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12562 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12563 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
12564 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
12565 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
12568 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12569 and record information relating to this source line, in
12570 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12573 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
12575 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12578 function_section (current_function_decl);
12580 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12581 if (flag_debug_asm)
12582 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
12585 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
12587 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12589 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
12591 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12592 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
12594 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12595 line_info_table_in_use++;
12597 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12598 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12599 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
12601 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12603 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
12604 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12605 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
12607 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12608 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12609 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
12611 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12612 separate_line_info_table
12613 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
12614 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12615 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
12616 memset (separate_line_info_table
12617 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
12619 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12620 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
12623 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12625 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
12626 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12627 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12628 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
12632 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
12634 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12635 line_info_table_in_use);
12637 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12638 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
12640 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12642 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
12643 (line_info_table_allocated
12644 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
12645 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
12646 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12649 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12650 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
12651 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12652 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12657 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12660 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
12662 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12664 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12665 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
12667 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12668 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
12671 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12673 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12674 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
12675 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
12677 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
12678 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
12679 "Filename we just started");
12683 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12686 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12688 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12689 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12690 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12692 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12694 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12695 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
12699 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12700 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12701 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12704 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12705 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12707 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12709 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12710 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
12711 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12712 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12716 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12717 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12718 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12721 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12722 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12724 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12726 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12727 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
12728 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12729 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12733 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12736 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12738 init_file_table ();
12740 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12741 decl_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12742 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
12743 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12744 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
12746 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12747 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12749 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12750 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12751 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
12752 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12753 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12754 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
12756 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12757 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12758 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12759 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12761 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12762 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
12764 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12765 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12766 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12767 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12768 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12769 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12770 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
12772 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
12774 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12776 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
12777 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
12778 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12779 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
12780 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12782 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME));
12784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
12785 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12786 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
12787 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12788 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
12789 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12790 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12791 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
12792 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12793 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
12794 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12795 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
12797 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12799 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12800 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
12801 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12802 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
12805 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
12808 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
12812 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12813 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12816 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12818 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
12820 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
12822 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
12823 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
12824 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
12832 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12833 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12836 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
12840 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12841 prune_unmark_dies (c);
12845 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12846 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12849 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
12853 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
12855 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
12857 /* A reference to another DIE.
12858 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12859 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
12861 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file)
12863 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12864 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
12865 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
12871 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12872 to DIE's children. */
12875 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
12879 if (die->die_mark == 0)
12881 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12884 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12885 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12886 if (die->die_parent)
12887 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
12889 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12890 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
12892 /* If this node is a specification,
12893 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
12894 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
12895 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
12898 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
12900 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12901 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12905 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12907 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12908 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12909 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
12910 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
12912 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
12918 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12921 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
12925 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12929 switch (die->die_tag) {
12930 case DW_TAG_const_type:
12931 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
12932 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
12933 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
12934 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
12935 case DW_TAG_typedef:
12936 case DW_TAG_array_type:
12937 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
12938 case DW_TAG_union_type:
12939 case DW_TAG_class_type:
12940 case DW_TAG_friend:
12941 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
12942 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
12943 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
12944 case DW_TAG_string_type:
12945 case DW_TAG_set_type:
12946 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
12947 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
12948 case DW_TAG_file_type:
12949 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12953 /* Mark everything else. */
12959 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12960 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
12962 /* Mark children. */
12963 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12964 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
12968 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12971 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
12973 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
12974 if (!die->die_mark)
12978 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
12983 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
12991 die->die_child = n;
12998 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13001 prune_unused_types (void)
13004 limbo_die_node *node;
13006 /* Clear all the marks. */
13007 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13008 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13009 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13011 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13012 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
13013 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13014 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
13016 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13017 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13018 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
13019 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
13020 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
13021 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
13023 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13024 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
13025 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13026 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
13028 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13029 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13030 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13031 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13034 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13035 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13038 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
13040 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
13041 dw_die_ref die = 0;
13043 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13044 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13045 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
13046 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
13047 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13048 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
13051 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
13052 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
13053 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13054 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
13056 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13061 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13062 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13063 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13064 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13066 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
13068 next_node = node->next;
13071 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
13073 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
13077 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
13078 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
13080 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
13081 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
13082 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
13083 else if (node->created_for
13084 && TREE_CODE (node->created_for) == SAVE_EXPR
13085 && 0 != (origin = (lookup_decl_die
13087 (node->created_for)))))
13088 add_child_die (origin, die);
13089 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
13090 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13091 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
13092 else if (node->created_for
13093 && ((DECL_P (node->created_for)
13094 && (context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for)))
13095 || (TYPE_P (node->created_for)
13096 && (context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for))))
13097 && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL)
13099 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13100 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13101 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13102 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13103 this to be a child of the containing function. */
13104 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
13107 add_child_die (origin, die);
13114 limbo_die_list = NULL;
13116 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13117 emit full debugging info for them. */
13118 retry_incomplete_types ();
13120 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13121 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13122 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
13124 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13125 prune_unused_types ();
13127 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13128 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13129 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13130 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
13132 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13133 that have children. */
13134 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
13135 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13136 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
13138 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13140 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13142 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13143 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13144 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13145 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13146 examining the file. */
13147 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13149 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13150 output_line_info ();
13153 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13154 if (have_location_lists)
13156 /* Output the location lists info. */
13157 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13158 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
13159 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13160 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
13161 output_location_lists (die);
13162 have_location_lists = 0;
13165 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13167 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
13169 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
13170 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
13173 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13174 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13175 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
13176 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
13178 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13179 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
13180 debug_line_section_label);
13182 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13183 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
13185 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13186 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13187 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13188 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
13190 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
13192 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13193 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13194 output_abbrev_section ();
13196 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13197 if (pubname_table_in_use)
13199 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13200 output_pubnames ();
13203 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13204 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13205 if (fde_table_in_use)
13207 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13211 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13212 if (ranges_table_in_use)
13214 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13215 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
13219 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13220 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13222 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13223 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13224 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13227 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13229 if (debug_str_hash)
13230 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
13234 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13235 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
13237 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13239 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"